nand flash support for s3c64xx
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229
230 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
231 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
232 @cindex dongles
233 @cindex FTDI
234 @cindex wiggler
235 @cindex zy1000
236 @cindex printer port
237 @cindex USB Adapter
238 @cindex RTCK
239
240 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
241 an adapter .... [snip]
242
243 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
244 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
245 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
246 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
247 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
248 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
249 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
250
251
252 @section Choosing a Dongle
253
254 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
255
256 @enumerate
257 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
258 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
259 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
260 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
261 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
262 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
263 Ethernet port needed?
264 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
265 @end enumerate
266
267 @section Stand alone Systems
268
269 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
270 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
271 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
272 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
273 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
274
275 @section USB FT2232 Based
276
277 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
278 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
279 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
280 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
281 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
282 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
283
284 @itemize @bullet
285 @item @b{usbjtag}
286 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
287 @item @b{jtagkey}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
289 @item @b{jtagkey2}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
291 @item @b{oocdlink}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
293 @item @b{signalyzer}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
295 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
297 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
298 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
299 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
300 disabling the Stellaris chip.
301 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
302 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
303 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
304 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
305 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
306 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
307 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
308 @item @b{flyswatter}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
310 @item @b{turtelizer2}
311 @* See:
312 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
313 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
314 @item @b{comstick}
315 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
316 @item @b{stm32stick}
317 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
318 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
319 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
320 @item @b{cortino}
321 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
322 @end itemize
323
324 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
325
326 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
327 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
328 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
329 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
330 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
331
332 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
333 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
334 (see the section on driver commands).
335
336 @itemize
337 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
338 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
339 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
340 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
341 @end itemize
342
343 @section USB JLINK based
344 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
345 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
346 AT91SAM764 internally.
347
348 @itemize @bullet
349 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
350 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
351 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
352 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
353 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
354 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
355 @end itemize
356
357 @section USB RLINK based
358 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
359
360 @itemize @bullet
361 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
362 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
363 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
364 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
365 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
366 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
367 @end itemize
368
369 @section USB Other
370 @itemize @bullet
371 @item @b{USBprog}
372 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
373
374 @item @b{USB - Presto}
375 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
376
377 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
378 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
379
380 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
381 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
382 @end itemize
383
384 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
385
386 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
387 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
388 these on the market.
389
390 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
391 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
392 of USB-based ones.
393
394 @itemize @bullet
395
396 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
398
399 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
400 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
401 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
402
403 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
405
406 @item @b{GW16402}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
408
409 @item @b{Wiggler2}
410 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
411 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
412
413 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
414 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
415
416 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
417 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
418
419 @item @b{arm-jtag}
420 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
421
422 @item @b{chameleon}
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
424
425 @item @b{Triton}
426 @* Unknown.
427
428 @item @b{Lattice}
429 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
430 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
431
432 @item @b{flashlink}
433 @* From ST Microsystems;
434 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
435 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
436
437 @end itemize
438
439 @section Other...
440 @itemize @bullet
441
442 @item @b{ep93xx}
443 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
444
445 @item @b{at91rm9200}
446 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
447
448 @end itemize
449
450 @node About JIM-Tcl
451 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
452 @cindex JIM Tcl
453 @cindex tcl
454
455 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
456 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
457 command interpreter.
458
459 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
460 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
461 much of anything about Tcl.
462 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
463
464 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
465
466 @itemize @bullet
467 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
468 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
469 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
470 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
471 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
472 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
473
474 @item @b{Missing Features}
475 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
476 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
477
478 @item @b{Scripts}
479 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
480 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
481 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
482
483 @item @b{Commands}
484 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
485 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
486 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
487 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
488
489 @item @b{Historical Note}
490 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
491
492 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
493 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
494 @end itemize
495
496 @node Running
497 @chapter Running
498 @cindex command line options
499 @cindex logfile
500 @cindex directory search
501
502 The @option{--help} option shows:
503 @verbatim
504 bash$ openocd --help
505
506 --help | -h display this help
507 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
508 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
509 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
510 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
511 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
512 --command | -c run <command>
513 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
514 @end verbatim
515
516 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
517 To specify a different (or multiple)
518 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
519
520 @example
521 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
522 @end example
523
524 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
525 @enumerate
526 @item the current directory,
527 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
528 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
529 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
530 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
531 @end enumerate
532 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
533
534 @section Simple setup, no customization
535
536 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
537 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
538 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
539 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
540 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
541
542 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
543 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
544 the server like:
545
546 @example
547 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
548 @end example
549
550 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
551 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
552 If all goes well you'll see output something like
553
554 @example
555 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
556 For bug reports, read
557 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
558 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
559 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
560 @end example
561
562 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
563 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
564 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
565
566 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
567
568 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
569 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
570 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
571 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
572 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
573 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
574 ensure that this always succeeds.
575 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
576 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
577 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
578 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
579
580 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
581 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
582 those channels.
583
584 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
585 the @option{-d} option.
586
587 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
588 @option{-c} command line switch.
589
590 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
591 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
592 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
593 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
594 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
595 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
596 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
597
598 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
599 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
600
601 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
602
603 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
604 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
605 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
606 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
607
608 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
609 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
610
611 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
612 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
613 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
614 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
615 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
616 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
617 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
618
619 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
620
621 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
622 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
623 and a USB cable on the other.
624 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
625 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
626
627 @enumerate
628 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
629 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
630 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
631 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
632 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
633 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
634 debugging host.
635
636 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
637 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
638 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
639 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
640 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
641
642 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
643 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
644 with 1.2 Volt boards.
645
646 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
647 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
648 ways to connect the cable.
649 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
650 Be sure it's firmly connected.
651
652 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
653 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
654 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
655 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
656 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
657 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
658 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
659 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
660
661 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
662 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
663 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
664 but are tedious to set up.
665 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
666 adapter signals to the right board pins.
667
668 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
669 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
670 you are using to run OpenOCD.
671 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
672
673 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
674 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
675 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
676
677 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
678 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
679 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
680
681 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
682 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
683 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
684 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
685
686 @end enumerate
687
688 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
689 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
690 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
691
692 @section Project Directory
693
694 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
695
696 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
697 single directory for your work with a given board.
698 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
699 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
700 files accessed through semihosting,
701 and for code you upload to the target board.
702 It is also the natural place to write files,
703 such as log files and data you download from the board.
704
705 @section Configuration Basics
706
707 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
708 a variety of ways you can mix them.
709 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
710
711 @itemize
712 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
713 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
714 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
715 @end itemize
716
717 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
718 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
719 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
720
721 @example
722 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
723
724 # GDB can also flash my flash!
725 gdb_memory_map enable
726 gdb_flash_program enable
727
728 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
729 @end example
730
731 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
732
733 @example
734 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
735 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
736 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
737 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
738 @end example
739
740 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
741 each supporting a different development task.
742 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
743 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
744
745 @quotation Important
746 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
747 problems with how it treats variables.
748 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
749 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
750 that can be tested in a later script.
751 @end quotation
752
753 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
754 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
755 to simplify your work.
756
757 @section User Config Files
758 @cindex config file, user
759 @cindex user config file
760 @cindex config file, overview
761
762 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
763 in one place.
764 One of the following will match your situation best:
765
766 @itemize
767 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
768 provided by someone else.
769 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
770 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
771 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
772 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
773 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
774 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
775
776 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
777 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
778
779 @enumerate
780 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
781 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
782 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
783 @end enumerate
784
785 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
786 The first is an interface config file.
787 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
788 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
789 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
790 meet your deadline:
791
792 @example
793 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
794 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
795 @end example
796
797 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
798 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
799 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
800 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
801
802 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
803 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
804 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
805 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
806 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
807 @xref{Autoprobing}.
808
809 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
810 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
811 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
812 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
813
814 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
815 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
816 giving access to your particular flash chips.
817 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
818 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
819
820 @quotation Note
821 When you write new configuration files, please submit
822 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
823 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
824 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
825 will help support users of any board using that chip.
826 @end quotation
827
828 @item
829 You may may need to write some C code.
830 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
831 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
832 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
833 a new chip architecture.
834 @end itemize
835
836 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
837 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
838 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
839
840 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
841 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
842 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
843 @itemize
844
845 @item
846 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
847 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
848 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
849 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
850
851 @item
852 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
853 @cindex vector_catch
854 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
855 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
856 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
857 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
858 along with messaging and tracing setup.
859 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
860
861 @item
862 You might need to override some defaults.
863 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
864 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
865
866 @item
867 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
868 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
869 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
870 @end itemize
871
872 @section Project-Specific Utilities
873
874 A few project-specific utility
875 routines may well speed up your work.
876 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
877
878 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
879 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
880 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
881 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
882 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
883 may help:
884
885 @example
886 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
887 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
888 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
889 # Leave the CPU halted.
890 reset init
891
892 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
893 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
894
895 # Start running.
896 resume 0x20000000
897 @}
898 @end example
899
900 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
901 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
902 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
903 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
904 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
905
906 @example
907 proc newboot @{ @} @{
908 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
909 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
910 # "reset halt" would be slower.
911 reset init
912
913 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
914 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
915 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
916 flash protect 0 0 1 off
917 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
918 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
919 flash protect 0 0 1 on
920
921 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
922 reset run
923 @}
924 @end example
925
926 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
927 from NAND.
928 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
929 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
930 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
931
932 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
933 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
934
935 @section Target Software Changes
936
937 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
938 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
939 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
940 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
941 handling issues like:
942
943 @itemize @bullet
944
945 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
946 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
947 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
948 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
949 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
950 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
951 your debug sessions.
952
953 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
954 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
955 That might however be your only option.
956
957 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
958 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
959 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
960 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
961 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
962 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
963 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
964 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
965 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
966 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
967 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
968 instead of the whole thing.
969 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
970 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
971
972 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
973 @cindex ARM semihosting
974 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
975 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
976 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
977 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
978 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
979 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
980 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
981 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
982 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
983 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
984 NAND or SPI flash.
985
986 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
987 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
988 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
989 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
990 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
991
992 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
993 or otherwise prevent using that state,
994 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
995 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
996 registers which can be used to change various features including
997 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
998 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
999 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1000 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1001 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1002
1003 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1004 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1005 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1006 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1007 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1008
1009 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1010 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1011 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1012 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1013 early code execution can be debugged
1014 or firmware can be replaced.
1015
1016 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1017 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1018 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1019 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1020 operations like writing to memory.)
1021
1022 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1023 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1024 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1025 various kinds of message.
1026 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1027
1028 @end itemize
1029
1030 @node Config File Guidelines
1031 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1032
1033 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1034 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1035 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1036 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1037
1038 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1039 with files including the ones listed here.
1040 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1041 @itemize @bullet
1042 @item @file{interface} ...
1043 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1044 @example
1045 $ ls interface
1046 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1047 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1048 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1049 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1050 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1051 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1052 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1053 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1054 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1055 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1056 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1057 $
1058 @end example
1059 @item @file{board} ...
1060 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1061 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1062 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1063 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1064 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1065 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1066 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1067 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1068 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1069 a CPU and an FPGA.
1070 @example
1071 $ ls board
1072 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1073 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1074 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1075 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1076 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1077 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1078 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1079 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1080 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1081 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1082 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1083 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1084 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1085 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1086 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1087 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1088 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1089 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1090 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1091 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1092 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1093 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1094 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1095 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1096 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1097 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1098 $
1099 @end example
1100 @item @file{target} ...
1101 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1102 on a chip
1103 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1104 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1105 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1106 the target config file defines all of them.
1107 @example
1108 $ ls target
1109 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1110 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1111 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1112 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1113 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1114 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1115 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1116 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1117 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1118 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1119 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1120 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1121 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1122 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1123 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1124 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1125 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1126 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1127 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1128 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1129 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1130 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1131 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1132 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1133 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1134 $
1135 @end example
1136 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1137 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1138 @end itemize
1139
1140 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1141 file may override features in any of the above files by
1142 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1143 commands specific to their situation.
1144
1145 @section Interface Config Files
1146
1147 The user config file
1148 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1149
1150 @example
1151 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1152 @end example
1153
1154 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1155 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1156 sole developer who created it.
1157
1158 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1159 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1160 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1161 and need to provide a driver for it.
1162
1163 @section Board Config Files
1164 @cindex config file, board
1165 @cindex board config file
1166
1167 The user config file
1168 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1169
1170 @example
1171 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1172 @end example
1173
1174 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1175 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1176 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1177
1178 @enumerate
1179 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1180 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1181 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1182 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1183 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1184 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1185 @end enumerate
1186
1187 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1188 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1189 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1190 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1191
1192 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1193 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1194 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1195 configuration works.
1196
1197 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1198
1199 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1200 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1201 convention on how to use certain variables.
1202
1203 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1204 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1205 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1206 used at will within a target configuration file.
1207
1208 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1209 for a board with three chips:
1210
1211 @example
1212 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1213 set CHIPNAME network
1214 set ENDIAN big
1215 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1216 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1217 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1218 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1219
1220 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1221 set CHIPNAME video
1222 set ENDIAN little
1223 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1224 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1225 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1226 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1227
1228 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1229 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1230 unset ENDIAN
1231 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1232 @end example
1233
1234 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1235 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1236 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1237 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1238 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1239 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1240 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1241 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1242
1243 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1244 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1245 naming collisions.
1246
1247 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1248 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1249 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1250 up other clocks and peripherals.
1251
1252 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1253 @cindex variable names
1254
1255 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1256 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1257 one such chip (as shown above).
1258 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1259 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1260 to promote consistency and
1261 so that board files can override target defaults.
1262
1263 Inputs to target config files include:
1264
1265 @itemize @bullet
1266 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1267 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1268 tap identifier dotted names.
1269 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1270 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1271 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1272 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1273 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1274 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1275 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1276 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1277 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1278 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1279 @end itemize
1280
1281 Outputs from target config files include:
1282
1283 @itemize @bullet
1284 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1285 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1286 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1287 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1288 specific to that board and that target.
1289 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1290 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1291 @end itemize
1292
1293 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1294 @cindex event, reset-init
1295 @cindex reset-init handler
1296
1297 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1298 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1299 fully set up yet.
1300 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1301 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1302 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1303 handler is one of the most important.
1304
1305 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1306 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1307 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1308 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1309 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1310
1311 @quotation Note
1312 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1313 are included here.
1314 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1315 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1316 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1317 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1318 @end quotation
1319
1320 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1321 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1322 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1323 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1324 those as parameters.
1325 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1326 and disabling the watchdog.
1327 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1328 the next developer doing such work.
1329 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1330
1331 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1332 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1333 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1334 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1335
1336 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1337
1338 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1339 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1340 a low JTAG clock rate.
1341 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1342 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1343 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1344 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1345 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1346 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1347 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1348
1349 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1350 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1351 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1352 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1353 which might be less than that.
1354
1355 @quotation Warning
1356 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1357 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1358 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1359 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1360 @end quotation
1361
1362 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1363 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1364 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1365 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1366 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1367
1368 @section Target Config Files
1369 @cindex config file, target
1370 @cindex target config file
1371
1372 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1373 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1374 more target config files like this:
1375
1376 @example
1377 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1378 @end example
1379
1380 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1381 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1382 In summary the target files should contain
1383
1384 @enumerate
1385 @item Set defaults
1386 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1387 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1388 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1389 @item On-Chip flash
1390 @end enumerate
1391
1392 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1393 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1394 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1395
1396 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1397 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1398 can talk to the chip.
1399 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1400 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1401 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1402 and other processing engines.
1403
1404 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1405
1406 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1407 letting board config files express environment-specific
1408 differences in how things should be set up.
1409
1410 @example
1411 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1412 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1413 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1414 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1415 @} else @{
1416 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1417 @}
1418
1419 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1420 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1421 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1422 @} else @{
1423 set _ENDIAN little
1424 @}
1425
1426 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1427 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1428 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1429 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1430 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1431 @} else @{
1432 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1433 @}
1434 @end example
1435 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1436
1437 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1438 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1439 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1440
1441 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1442 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1443 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1444
1445 @example
1446 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1447 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1448 @end example
1449
1450 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1451 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1452 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1453 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1454 for taps.
1455
1456 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1457 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1458 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1459 looks (in part) like this:
1460
1461 @example
1462 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1463 @end example
1464
1465 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1466 to source such a config file twice, with different
1467 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1468 it adds a different TAP each time.
1469
1470 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1471 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1472 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1473 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1474
1475 @example
1476 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1477 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1478 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1479 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1480 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1481 @end example
1482
1483 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1484 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1485
1486 @itemize
1487 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1488 plus a JRC to enable them
1489 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1490 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1491 is not currently used)
1492 @end itemize
1493
1494 @subsection Add CPU targets
1495
1496 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1497 GDB and other commands can use it.
1498 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1499 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1500 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1501 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1502
1503 @example
1504 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1505 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1506 @end example
1507
1508 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1509 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1510 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1511 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1512 a work area if you can.
1513 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1514
1515 @example
1516 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1517 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1518 @end example
1519
1520 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1521
1522 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1523 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1524 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1525
1526 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1527 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1528 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1529 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1530 both signals.
1531
1532 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1533 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1534 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1535 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1536 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1537 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1538 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1539 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1540 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1541 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1542 not available.)
1543
1544 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1545 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1546 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1547 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1548 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1549 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1550 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1551 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1552
1553 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1554 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1555 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1556 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1557 slower clock than they will use later.
1558 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1559 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1560 than they will use later.
1561 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1562
1563 @quotation Important
1564 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1565 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1566 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1567 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1568 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1569 @end quotation
1570
1571 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1572
1573 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1574 special high speed download features - enable it.
1575
1576 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1577
1578 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1579 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1580 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1581 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1582 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1583 If you are using an external trace port,
1584 configure it in your board config file.
1585 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1586 configure it in your target config file.
1587
1588 @example
1589 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1590 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1591 @end example
1592
1593 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1594
1595 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1596
1597 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1598 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1599 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1600 the TARGET (chip) file.
1601
1602 Examples:
1603 @itemize @bullet
1604 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1605 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1606 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1607 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1608 @end itemize
1609
1610 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1611 @section Translating Configuration Files
1612 @cindex translation
1613 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1614 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1615 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1616 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1617 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1618 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1619
1620 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1621 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1622 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1623 convert other scripts later on.
1624
1625 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1626 replace job:
1627
1628 @example
1629 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1630 #
1631 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1632 #
1633 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1634 #
1635 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1636
1637 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1638 global TARGETNAME
1639
1640 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1641
1642 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1643 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1644 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1645 @}
1646 @end example
1647
1648
1649
1650 @node Daemon Configuration
1651 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1652 @cindex initialization
1653 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1654 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1655 supported.
1656
1657 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1658 @section Configuration Stage
1659 @cindex configuration stage
1660 @cindex config command
1661
1662 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1663 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1664 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1665 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1666 inside startup scripts.
1667
1668 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1669 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1670 which may be issued interactively.
1671 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1672 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1673
1674 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1675 flash banks,
1676 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1677 and other basic setup.
1678 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1679 may access or activate TAPs.
1680 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1681 longer be issued.
1682
1683 @section Entering the Run Stage
1684
1685 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1686 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1687 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1688 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1689 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1690 You should see no errors at this point.
1691 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1692 commands you used to configure the server.
1693 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1694 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1695 on the scan chain.
1696
1697 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1698 become available.
1699 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1700 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1701 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1702 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1703 entry to the run stage.
1704
1705 @deffn {Config Command} init
1706 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1707 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1708 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1709 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1710 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1711 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1712
1713 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1714 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1715 configuration files and/or command line options.
1716
1717 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1718 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1719 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1720 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1721 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1722 @end deffn
1723
1724 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1725 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1726 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1727
1728 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1729 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1730 scan chain.
1731 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1732 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1733
1734 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1735 they return.
1736 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1737 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1738 @end deffn
1739
1740 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1741 @section TCP/IP Ports
1742 @cindex TCP port
1743 @cindex server
1744 @cindex port
1745 @cindex security
1746 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1747 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1748 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1749
1750 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1751 access using one or more of these ports.
1752 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1753 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1754 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1755
1756 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1757 @cindex GDB server
1758 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1759 The GDB port for the
1760 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1761 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1762 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1763 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1764 @end deffn
1765
1766 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1767 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1768 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1769 output from the Tcl engine.
1770 Intended as a machine interface.
1771 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1772 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1773 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1774 @end deffn
1775
1776 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1777 Specify or query the
1778 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1779 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1780 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1781 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1782 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1783 @end deffn
1784
1785 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1786 @section GDB Configuration
1787 @cindex GDB
1788 @cindex GDB configuration
1789 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1790 The ones listed here are static and global.
1791 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1792 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1793
1794 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1795 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1796 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1797 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1798 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1799 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1800 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1801 @end deffn
1802
1803 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1804 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1805 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1806 vFlash packet is received.
1807 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1808 @end deffn
1809
1810 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1811 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1812 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1813 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1814 for flash programming to work.
1815 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1816 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1817 @end deffn
1818
1819 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1820 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1821 by GDB memory read packets.
1822 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1823 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1824 @end deffn
1825
1826 @anchor{Event Polling}
1827 @section Event Polling
1828
1829 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1830 where significant events can happen at any time.
1831 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1832 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1833 or to GDB.
1834
1835 Examples of such events include:
1836
1837 @itemize
1838 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1839 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1840 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1841 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1842 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1843 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1844 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1845 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1846 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1847 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1848 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1849 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1850 @end itemize
1851
1852 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1853 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1854 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1855 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1856 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1857
1858 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1859 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1860 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1861 to the various active targets.
1862 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1863 which is normally done in the background.
1864
1865 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1866 Poll the current target for its current state.
1867 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1868 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1869 specific information about the current state is printed.
1870 An optional parameter
1871 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1872
1873 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1874 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1875 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1876 @example
1877 > poll
1878 background polling: on
1879 target state: halted
1880 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1881 current mode: Supervisor
1882 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1883 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1884 >
1885 @end example
1886 @end deffn
1887
1888 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1889 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1890 @cindex config file, interface
1891 @cindex interface config file
1892
1893 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1894 through commands in an interface configuration
1895 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1896 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1897
1898 @example
1899 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1900 @end example
1901
1902 These commands tell
1903 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1904 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1905
1906 @example
1907 # jlink interface
1908 interface jlink
1909 @end example
1910
1911 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1912
1913
1914 @section Interface Configuration
1915
1916 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1917 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1918 more additional commands.
1919
1920 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1921 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1922 target.
1923 @end deffn
1924
1925 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1926 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1927 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1928 @end deffn
1929
1930 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1931 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1932 @end deffn
1933
1934 @section Interface Drivers
1935
1936 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1937 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1938 available at run time.
1939
1940 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1941 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1942 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1943 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1944
1945 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1946 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1947 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1948 @end deffn
1949
1950 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1951 Displays status of RTCK option.
1952 Optionally sets that option first.
1953 @end deffn
1954 @end deffn
1955
1956 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1957 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1958 This has one driver-specific command:
1959
1960 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1961 Logs some status
1962 @end deffn
1963 @end deffn
1964
1965 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1966 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1967 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1968 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1969 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1970 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1971 @end deffn
1972
1973 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1974 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1975 @end deffn
1976
1977 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1978 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1979 @end deffn
1980
1981 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1982 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1983 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1984 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1985
1986 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1987 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1988 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1989 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1990 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1991 @end deffn
1992
1993 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1994 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1995 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1996 is connected to the host.
1997 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1998 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1999 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2000 @end deffn
2001
2002 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2003 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2004 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2005 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2006 @itemize @minus
2007 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2008 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2009 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2010 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2011 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2012 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2013 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2014 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2015 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2016 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2017 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2018 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2019 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2020 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2021 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2022 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2023 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2024 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2025 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2026 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2027 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2028 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2029 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2030 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2031 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2032 @end itemize
2033 @end deffn
2034
2035 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2036 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2037 default values are used.
2038 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2039 @example
2040 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2041 @end example
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2045 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2046 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2047 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2048 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2049 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2050 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2051 @end deffn
2052
2053 For example, the interface config file for a
2054 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2055
2056 @example
2057 interface ft2232
2058 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2059 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2060 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2061 @end example
2062 @end deffn
2063
2064 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2065 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2066 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2067 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2068
2069 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2070 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2071 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2072 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2073 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2074 @end deffn
2075
2076 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2077 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2078 default values are used.
2079 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2080 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2081 @example
2082 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2083 @end example
2084 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2085 @example
2086 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2087 @end example
2088 @end deffn
2089
2090 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2091 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2092 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2093 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2094
2095 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2096 @example
2097 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2098 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2099 @end example
2100 @end deffn
2101
2102 @end deffn
2103
2104 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2105 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2106 This has one driver-specific command:
2107
2108 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2109 Display either the address of the I/O port
2110 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2111 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2112 This is a write-once setting.
2113 @end deffn
2114 @end deffn
2115
2116 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2117 Segger jlink USB adapter
2118 @c command: jlink_info
2119 @c dumps status
2120 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2121 @c sets version 2 or 3
2122 @end deffn
2123
2124 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2125 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2126 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2127 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2128 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2129
2130 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2131 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2132 This is a write-once setting.
2133 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2134
2135 @itemize @minus
2136 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2137 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2138 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2139 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2140 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2141 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2142 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2143 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2144 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2145 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2146 some versions of
2147 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2148 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2149 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2150 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2151 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2152 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2153 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2154 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2155 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2156 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2157 @end itemize
2158 @end deffn
2159
2160 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2161 Display either the address of the I/O port
2162 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2163 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2164 This is a write-once setting.
2165
2166 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2167 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2168 you may encounter a problem.
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2172 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2173 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2174 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2175 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2176 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2177
2178 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2179 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2180 @quotation Tip
2181 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2182 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2183 @example
2184 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2185 > jtag_khz 500
2186 @end example
2187 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2188 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2189 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2190 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2191 large set of samples.
2192 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2193 @example
2194 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2195 @end example
2196 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2197 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2198
2199 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2200 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2201 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2202 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2203 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2204 @end quotation
2205 @end deffn
2206
2207 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2208 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2209 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2210 @end deffn
2211
2212 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2213 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2214
2215 @example
2216 interface parport
2217 parport_port 0x278
2218 parport_cable wiggler
2219 @end example
2220 @end deffn
2221
2222 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2223 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2224 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2225 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2226 @end deffn
2227 @end deffn
2228
2229 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2230 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2231 @end deffn
2232
2233 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2234 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2235 @end deffn
2236
2237 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2238 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2239
2240 @quotation Note
2241 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2242 which are not currently documented here.
2243 @end quotation
2244 @end deffn
2245
2246 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2247 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2248
2249 @quotation Note
2250 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2251 which are not currently documented here.
2252 @end quotation
2253
2254 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2255 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2256 No arguments: print status.
2257 @end deffn
2258
2259 @end deffn
2260
2261 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2262 @section JTAG Speed
2263 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2264 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2265 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2266 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2267 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2268 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2269 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2270 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2271 power management software that may be active.
2272
2273 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2274 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2275 target event handler.
2276 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2277 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2278 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2279 sets up those clocks).
2280 @xref{Target Events}.
2281 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2282 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2283 in the target config file.
2284 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2285 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2286 config file instead.
2287 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2288 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2289 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2290
2291 @example
2292 jtag_rclk 3000
2293 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2294 @end example
2295
2296 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2297 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2298 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2299 may not be the fastest solution.
2300
2301 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2302 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2303
2304 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2305 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2306 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2307 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2308 than the speed specified.
2309
2310 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2311 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2312 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2313 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2314
2315 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2316 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2317 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2318 JTAG clocking after setup.
2319 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2320 If the interface device can not
2321 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2322 @end deffn
2323
2324 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2325 @cindex adaptive clocking
2326 @cindex RTCK
2327 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2328 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2329 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2330 @example
2331 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2332 jtag_rclk 3000
2333 @end example
2334 @end defun
2335
2336 @node Reset Configuration
2337 @chapter Reset Configuration
2338 @cindex Reset Configuration
2339
2340 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2341 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2342 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2343 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2344 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2345 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2346 Please see the various board files for examples.
2347
2348 @quotation Note
2349 To maintainers and integrators:
2350 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2351 Normally the board configuration file
2352 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2353 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2354
2355 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2356 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2357 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2358 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2359 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2360 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2361 @end quotation
2362
2363 @section Types of Reset
2364
2365 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2366 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2367 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2368
2369 @itemize @bullet
2370 @item
2371 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2372 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2373 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2374 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2375 @item
2376 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2377 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2378 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2379 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2380 @item
2381 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2382 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2383 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2384 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2385 @item
2386 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2387 several other types of reset.
2388 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2389 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2390 There may be individual module resets.
2391 @end itemize
2392
2393 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2394 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2395 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2396 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2397 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2398 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2399 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2400 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2401 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2402
2403 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2404 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2405
2406 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2407 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2408 common issues are:
2409
2410 @itemize @bullet
2411
2412 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2413 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2414 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2415 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2416 when either of those signals is not connected.
2417 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2418 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2419 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2420 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2421
2422 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2423 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2424 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2425 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2426
2427 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2428 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2429 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2430 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2431 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2432 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2433 hardware debouncing.
2434 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2435 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2436
2437 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2438 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2439 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2440 to use push/pull output drivers.
2441 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2442 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2443 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2444 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2445
2446 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2447 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2448 issues (not limited to errata).
2449 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2450 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2451 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2452 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2453 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2454 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2455 @end itemize
2456
2457 There can also be other issues.
2458 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2459 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2460 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2461 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2462 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2463 Agreement (NDA).
2464
2465 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2466 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2467 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2468
2469 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2470 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2471
2472 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2473
2474 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2475 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2476 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2477 allowing it to be deasserted.
2478 @end deffn
2479
2480 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2481 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2482 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2483 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2484 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2485 @end deffn
2486
2487 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2488 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2489 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2490 allowing it to be deasserted.
2491 @end deffn
2492
2493 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2494 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2495 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2496 @end deffn
2497
2498 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2499 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2500 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2501 configuration scripts.
2502
2503 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2504 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2505 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2506 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2507 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2508 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2509 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2510 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2511
2512 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2513 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2514 @var{gates},
2515 @var{trst_type},
2516 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2517 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2518 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2519 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2520 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2521 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2522
2523 @itemize
2524 @item
2525 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2526 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2527 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2528 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2529 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2530
2531 @quotation Tip
2532 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2533 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2534 @end quotation
2535
2536 @item
2537 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2538 signal implementations.
2539 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2540 indicating everything behaves normally.
2541 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2542 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2543 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2544 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2545 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2546 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2547 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2548
2549 @item
2550 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2551 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2552 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2553 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2554 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2555 while SRST is asserted.
2556 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2557 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2558 @end itemize
2559
2560 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2561 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2562 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2563 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2564 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2565
2566 @itemize
2567 @item
2568 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2569 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2570 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2571 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2572
2573 @item
2574 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2575 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2576 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2577 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2578 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2579 @end itemize
2580 @end deffn
2581
2582 @section Custom Reset Handling
2583 @cindex events
2584
2585 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2586 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2587 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2588 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2589 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2590 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2591
2592 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2593 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2594 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2595 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2596 want to reset everything at once.
2597
2598 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2599 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2600 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2601 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2602 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2603 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2604 needs special attention.
2605
2606 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2607 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2608 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2609 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2610 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2611 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2612 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2613 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2614
2615 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2616 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2617 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2618 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2619 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2620
2621 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2622 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2623 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2624 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2625 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2626 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2627 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2628 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2629 or potentially some other value.
2630
2631 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2632 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2633 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2634 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2635 (or their associated targets)
2636 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2637
2638 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2639 they return.
2640 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2641 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2642 @end deffn
2643
2644 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2645 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2646 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2647 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2648 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2649 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2650 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2651 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2652 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2653 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2654 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2655 @end deffn
2656
2657 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2658 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2659 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2660 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2661 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2662 @end deffn
2663
2664
2665 @node TAP Declaration
2666 @chapter TAP Declaration
2667 @cindex TAP declaration
2668 @cindex TAP configuration
2669
2670 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2671 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2672
2673 @itemize @bullet
2674 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2675 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2676 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2677 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2678 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2679 start running that code.
2680 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2681 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2682 and missing connections
2683 @end itemize
2684
2685 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2686 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2687 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2688 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2689 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2690
2691 @section Scan Chains
2692 @cindex scan chain
2693
2694 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2695 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2696 They also need to be added to
2697 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2698 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2699 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2700 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2701 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2702 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2703 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2704 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2705
2706 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2707 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2708 command, presented in the next chapter.
2709 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2710 debugging targets.)
2711 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2712
2713 @verbatim
2714 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2715 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2716 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2717 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2718 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2719 @end verbatim
2720
2721 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2722 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2723 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2724 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2725 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2726 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2727 until they are told to do so.
2728
2729 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2730 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2731 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2732 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2733
2734 @example
2735 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2736 @end example
2737
2738 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2739 by a given chip.
2740 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2741 and so forth.
2742 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2743 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2744 a single chip and between them.
2745 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2746
2747 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2748 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2749 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2750 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2751 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2752 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2753 includes commands something like this:
2754
2755 @example
2756 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2757 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2758 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2759 @end example
2760
2761 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2762 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2763 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2764
2765 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2766 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2767 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2768 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2769 @example
2770 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2771 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2772 @}
2773 @end example
2774 @end deffn
2775
2776 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2777 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2778 and their status.
2779 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2780 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2781 but systems with a JTAG router can
2782 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2783 @end deffn
2784
2785 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2786 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2787
2788 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2789 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2790
2791 @section TAP Names
2792 @cindex dotted name
2793
2794 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2795 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2796 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2797 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2798 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2799 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2800 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2801 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2802
2803 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2804 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2805 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2806
2807 @quotation Tip
2808 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2809 This feature is still present.
2810 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2811 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2812 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2813 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2814 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2815 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2816 @end quotation
2817
2818 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2819
2820 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2821 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2822 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2823 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2824 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2825
2826 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2827 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2828 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2829 overridable.
2830
2831 @cindex TAP naming convention
2832 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2833 and should follow this convention:
2834
2835 @itemize @bullet
2836 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2837 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2838 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2839 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2840 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2841 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2842 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2843 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2844 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2845 with a single TAP;
2846 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2847 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2848 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2849 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2850 @end itemize
2851
2852 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2853
2854 @itemize @bullet
2855 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2856 @*The length in bits of the
2857 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2858 @end itemize
2859
2860 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2861
2862 @itemize @bullet
2863 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2864 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2865 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2866 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2867 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2868 (the TAP is linked in).
2869 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2870 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2871 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2872 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2873 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2874 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2875 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2876 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2877 values that were found but not included in the list.
2878
2879 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2880 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2881 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2882 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2883 hardware to find these values.
2884 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2885 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2886 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2887 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2888 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2889 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2890 the various chip IDs.
2891 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2892 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2893 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2894 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2895 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2896 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2897 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2898 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2899 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2900 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2901 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2902 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2903 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2904 @end itemize
2905 @end deffn
2906
2907 @section Other TAP commands
2908
2909 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2910 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2911 At this writing this TAP attribute
2912 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2913 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2914 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2915 See the next section for information about the available events.
2916
2917 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2918 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2919 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2920 @end deffn
2921
2922 @anchor{TAP Events}
2923 @section TAP Events
2924 @cindex events
2925 @cindex TAP events
2926
2927 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2928 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2929 The other applies to debugger targets,
2930 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2931
2932 The TAP events currently defined are:
2933
2934 @itemize @bullet
2935 @item @b{post-reset}
2936 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2937 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2938 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2939 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2940 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2941
2942 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2943 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2944 of any particular target.
2945 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2946 @item @b{setup}
2947 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2948 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2949 @item @b{tap-disable}
2950 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2951 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2952 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2953 @item @b{tap-enable}
2954 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2955 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2956 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2957 @end itemize
2958
2959 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2960 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2961 contents to be accurate), you might:
2962
2963 @example
2964 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2965 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2966 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2967 @}
2968 @end example
2969
2970
2971 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2972 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2973 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2974 @cindex jrc
2975
2976 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2977 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2978 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2979 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2980 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2981
2982 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2983 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2984 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2985 be visible.
2986 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2987 ignores, such as:
2988
2989 @itemize
2990 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2991 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2992 TAPs receive new instructions.
2993 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2994 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2995 @end itemize
2996
2997 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2998 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2999 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3000 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3001
3002 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3003 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3004
3005 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3006 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3007 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3008 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3009 should define TAP event handlers using
3010 code that looks something like this:
3011
3012 @example
3013 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3014 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3015 @}
3016 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3017 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3018 @}
3019 @end example
3020
3021 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3022
3023 @example
3024 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3025 @end example
3026
3027 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3028 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3029 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3030 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3031
3032 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3033 If necessary, disables the tap
3034 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3035 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3036 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3037 and "0" if it is disabled.
3038 @end deffn
3039
3040 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3041 If necessary, enables the tap
3042 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3043 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3044 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3045 and "0" if it is disabled.
3046 @end deffn
3047
3048 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3049 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3050 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3051 and "0" if it is disabled.
3052
3053 @quotation Note
3054 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3055 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3056 @end quotation
3057 @end deffn
3058
3059 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3060 @section Autoprobing
3061 @cindex autoprobe
3062 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3063
3064 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3065 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3066 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3067 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3068
3069 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3070 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3071 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3072 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3073 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3074 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3075 right when they come out of reset).
3076
3077 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3078
3079 @example
3080 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3081 reset_config trst_and_srst
3082 jtag_rclk 8
3083 @end example
3084
3085 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3086 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3087
3088 @enumerate
3089 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3090 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3091 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3092 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3093 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3094 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3095 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3096 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3097 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3098 that is discovered.
3099 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3100 register, it will report it.
3101 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3102 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3103 @end enumerate
3104
3105 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3106 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3107 that's a bit more complex:
3108
3109 @example
3110 clock speed 8 kHz
3111 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3112 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3113 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3114 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3115 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3116 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3117 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3118 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3119 @end example
3120
3121 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3122 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3123 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3124 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3125 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3126 and so forth.
3127
3128 @node CPU Configuration
3129 @chapter CPU Configuration
3130 @cindex GDB target
3131
3132 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3133 You can also access these targets without GDB
3134 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3135 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3136 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3137 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3138
3139 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3140 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3141
3142 @section Target List
3143 @cindex target, current
3144 @cindex target, list
3145
3146 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3147 where each member has a name.
3148 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3149 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3150 (plural!) command.
3151 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3152 look like with more than one:
3153 @verbatim
3154 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3155 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3156 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3157 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3158 @end verbatim
3159
3160 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3161 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3162 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3163 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3164 space seen by that current target.
3165 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3166 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3167 are examples; and there are many more.
3168
3169 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3170
3171 @deffn Command {target count}
3172 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3173 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3174 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3175
3176 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3177 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3178 @example
3179 set c [target count]
3180 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3181 # Assuming you have created this function
3182 print_target_details $x
3183 @}
3184 @end example
3185 @end deffn
3186
3187 @deffn Command {target current}
3188 Returns the name of the current target.
3189 @end deffn
3190
3191 @deffn Command {target names}
3192 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3193 @example
3194 foreach t [target names] @{
3195 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3196 @}
3197 @end example
3198 @end deffn
3199
3200 @deffn Command {target number} number
3201 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3202 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3203
3204 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3205 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3206 @example
3207 set thename [target number $x]
3208 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3209 @end example
3210 @end deffn
3211
3212 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3213 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3214
3215 @deffn Command targets [name]
3216 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3217 command names are singular.}
3218
3219 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3220 targets in a user friendly form.
3221
3222 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3223 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3224 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3225 @end deffn
3226
3227 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3228 @cindex target type
3229 @cindex CPU type
3230 @cindex CPU variant
3231
3232 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3233 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3234 when calling @command{target create}.
3235 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3236 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3237 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3238 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3239 what core-specific commands may be available
3240 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3241 and more.
3242
3243 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3244 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3245 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3246 worked around in some chip versions.
3247
3248 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3249 since there's a command to list them.
3250 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3251 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3252
3253 @anchor{target types}
3254 @deffn Command {target types}
3255 Lists all supported target types.
3256 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3257
3258 @itemize @bullet
3259 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3260 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3261 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3262 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3263 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3264 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3265 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3266 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3267 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3268 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3269 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3270 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3271 @itemize @minus
3272 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3273 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3274 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3275 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3276 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3277 @end itemize
3278 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3279 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3280 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3281 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3282 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3283 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3284 @itemize @minus
3285 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3286 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3287 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3288 processor.
3289 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3290 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3291 @end itemize
3292 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3293 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3294 There are several variants defined:
3295 @itemize @minus
3296 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3297 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3298 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3299 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3300 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3301 @end itemize
3302 @end itemize
3303 @end deffn
3304
3305 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3306 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3307 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3308 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3309 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3310 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3311 reflect design generations;
3312 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3313 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3314
3315 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3316 @section Target Configuration
3317
3318 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3319 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3320 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3321 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3322 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3323
3324 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3325 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3326 optional parts.
3327 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3328 command, created as part of target creation.
3329
3330 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3331 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3332 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3333 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3334 to be much more board-specific.
3335 The key steps you use might look something like this
3336
3337 @example
3338 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3339 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3340 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3341 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3342 @end example
3343
3344 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3345 on-chip SRAM.
3346 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3347 writes to target memory;
3348 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3349 GDB memory checksumming;
3350 and more.
3351
3352 @quotation Warning
3353 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3354 inaccessible when application code
3355 (such as an operating system)
3356 enables or disables the MMU.
3357 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3358 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3359 easy access to other addresses needed.
3360 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3361 @end quotation
3362
3363 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3364 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3365 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3366 controllers.
3367 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3368 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3369 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3370
3371 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3372 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3373 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3374 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3375 purposes including additional configuration.
3376
3377 @itemize @bullet
3378 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3379 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3380 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3381 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3382
3383 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3384 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3385 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3386 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3387 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3388 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3389 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3390 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3391
3392 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3393 @end itemize
3394 @end deffn
3395
3396 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3397 The options accepted by this command may also be
3398 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3399 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3400 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3401
3402 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3403 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3404 and changing its endianness or variant.
3405
3406 @itemize @bullet
3407
3408 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3409 used to access this target.
3410
3411 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3412 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3413
3414 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3415 @xref{Target Events}.
3416 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3417 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3418 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3419 same event name assigns only one handler.
3420
3421 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3422 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3423
3424 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3425 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3426 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3427 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3428 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3429 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3430 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3431
3432 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3433 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3434 or virtual address is being used.
3435
3436 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3437 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3438
3439 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3440 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3441 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3442 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3443 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3444
3445 @end itemize
3446 @end deffn
3447
3448 @section Other $target_name Commands
3449 @cindex object command
3450
3451 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3452 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3453
3454 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3455 Once a button is created a button
3456 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3457 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3458 configure it like this:
3459
3460 @example
3461 # Create
3462 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3463 # Modify
3464 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3465 # Query
3466 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3467 # Report
3468 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3469 @end example
3470
3471 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3472 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3473
3474 @example
3475 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3476 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3477 @end example
3478
3479 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3480
3481 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3482 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3483 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3484 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3485 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3486 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3487 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3488 They are not otherwise documented here.
3489 @end deffn
3490
3491 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3492 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3493 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3494 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3495 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3496 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3497 the target side uses raw memory.
3498
3499 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3500 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3501 The script orientation comes from working with data
3502 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3503 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3504 and neither store nor return those values.
3505
3506 @itemize
3507 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3508 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3509 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3510 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3511 @end itemize
3512 @end deffn
3513
3514 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3515 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3516 @command{$target_name configure}
3517 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3518 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3519 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3520 There are a few special cases:
3521
3522 @itemize @bullet
3523 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3524 event named @var{event_name}.
3525 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3526 two parameters.
3527 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3528 This is a special case because this is set using
3529 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3530 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3531 @end itemize
3532
3533 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3534 all the targets you might use something like this:
3535
3536 @example
3537 foreach name [target names] @{
3538 set y [$name cget -endian]
3539 set z [$name cget -type]
3540 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3541 $x $name $y $z]
3542 @}
3543 @end example
3544 @end deffn
3545
3546 @anchor{target curstate}
3547 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3548 Displays the current target state:
3549 @code{debug-running},
3550 @code{halted},
3551 @code{reset},
3552 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3553 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3554 @end deffn
3555
3556 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3557 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3558 currently associated with this target.
3559 @xref{Target Events}.
3560 @end deffn
3561
3562 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3563 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3564 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3565 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3566 @end deffn
3567
3568 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3569 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3570 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3571 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3572 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3573 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3574 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3575 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3576 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3577 @end deffn
3578
3579 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3580 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3581 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3582 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3583 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3584 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3585 @end deffn
3586
3587 @anchor{Target Events}
3588 @section Target Events
3589 @cindex target events
3590 @cindex events
3591 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3592 For example:
3593 @itemize @bullet
3594 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3595 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3596 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3597 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3598 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3599 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3600 to set up system clocks or
3601 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3602 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3603 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3604 @end itemize
3605
3606 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3607 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3608 @command{target create ... -event}.
3609
3610 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3611 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3612 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3613
3614 @example
3615 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3616 echo "Reset..."
3617 reset halt
3618 @}
3619 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3620 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3621 echo "Reset..."
3622 reset halt
3623 @}
3624 @end example
3625
3626 The following target events are defined:
3627
3628 @itemize @bullet
3629 @item @b{debug-halted}
3630 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3631 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3632 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3633 @item @b{early-halted}
3634 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3635 @ignore
3636 @item @b{examine-end}
3637 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3638 @item @b{examine-start}
3639 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3640 @end ignore
3641 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3642 @* When GDB connects
3643 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3644 @* When GDB disconnects
3645 @item @b{gdb-end}
3646 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3647 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3648 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3649 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3650 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3651 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3652 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3653 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3654 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3655 @item @b{gdb-start}
3656 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3657 @item @b{halted}
3658 @* The target has halted
3659 @ignore
3660 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3661 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3662 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3663 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3664 @end ignore
3665 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3666 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3667 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3668 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3669 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3670 @item @b{reset-assert}
3671 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3672 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3673 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3674 it instead of asserting SRST.
3675 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3676 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3677 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3678 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3679 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3680 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3681 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3682 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3683 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3684 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3685 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3686 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3687 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3688 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3689 released on the scan chain.
3690 @item @b{reset-end}
3691 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3692 @ignore
3693 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3694 @* Currently not used
3695 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3696 @* Currently not used
3697 @end ignore
3698 @item @b{reset-init}
3699 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3700 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3701
3702 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3703 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3704 multiplexing, and so on.
3705 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3706 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3707 @item @b{reset-start}
3708 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3709 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3710
3711 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3712 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3713 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3714 @ignore
3715 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3716 @* Currently not used
3717 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3718 @* Currently not used
3719 @end ignore
3720 @item @b{resume-start}
3721 @* Before any target is resumed
3722 @item @b{resume-end}
3723 @* After all targets have resumed
3724 @item @b{resume-ok}
3725 @* Success
3726 @item @b{resumed}
3727 @* Target has resumed
3728 @end itemize
3729
3730
3731 @node Flash Commands
3732 @chapter Flash Commands
3733
3734 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3735 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3736 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3737 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3738 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3739 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3740 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3741 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3742 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3743
3744 Flash Steps:
3745 @enumerate
3746 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3747 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3748 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3749 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3750 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3751 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3752 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3753 @item GDB Flashing
3754 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3755 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3756 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3757 @end enumerate
3758
3759 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3760 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3761 so that it can't boot.
3762 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3763 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3764
3765 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3766 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3767 @cindex flash configuration
3768
3769 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3770 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3771 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3772 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3773 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3774 see the driver-specific documentation.
3775
3776 @itemize @bullet
3777 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3778 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3779 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3780 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3781 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3782 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3783 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3784 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3785 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3786 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3787 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3788 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3789 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3790 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3791 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3792 commands to the flash controller.
3793 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3794 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3795 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3796 for more information.
3797 @end itemize
3798 @quotation Note
3799 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3800 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3801 @end quotation
3802 @end deffn
3803
3804 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3805 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3806 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3807 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3808 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3809 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3810 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3811 @end deffn
3812
3813 @deffn Command {flash list}
3814 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3815 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3816 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3817 @end deffn
3818
3819 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3820 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3821 depends on the flash type.
3822 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3823 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3824 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3825 but most don't bother.
3826 @end deffn
3827
3828 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3829 @cindex flash erasing
3830 @cindex flash reading
3831 @cindex flash writing
3832 @cindex flash programming
3833
3834 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3835 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3836 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3837 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3838 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3839
3840 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3841 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3842 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3843 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3844 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3845
3846 @quotation Note
3847 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3848 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3849 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3850 back to a flash bank.
3851 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3852 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3853 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3854 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3855 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3856 @end quotation
3857
3858 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3859 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3860 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3861 disabled first.
3862 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3863 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3864 @xref{flash protect}.
3865
3866 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3867 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3868 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3869 up to and including @var{last}.
3870 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3871 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3872 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3873 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3874 @end deffn
3875
3876 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3877 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3878 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3879 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3880 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3881 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3882 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3883 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3884 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3885 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3886 @end deffn
3887
3888 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3889 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3890 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3891 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3892 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3893 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3894 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3895 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3896 before issuing this command.
3897 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3898 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3899 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3900 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3901 @end deffn
3902 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3903
3904 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3905 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3906 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3907 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3908 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3909 @end deffn
3910
3911 @anchor{flash write_image}
3912 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3913 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3914 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3915 to the base address for each section in the image.
3916 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3917 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3918 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3919 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3920 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3921 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3922 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3923 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
3924 each image section.
3925
3926 @quotation Warning
3927 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
3928 data you want to preserve.
3929 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
3930 sections might be erased with no notice.
3931 @itemize
3932 @item
3933 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
3934 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
3935 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
3936 @item
3937 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
3938 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
3939 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
3940 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
3941 @end itemize
3942 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
3943 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
3944 @end quotation
3945
3946 @end deffn
3947
3948 @section Other Flash commands
3949 @cindex flash protection
3950
3951 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3952 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3953 and display that status.
3954 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3955 This is the only operation that
3956 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3957 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3958 to get updated information.
3959 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3960 @end deffn
3961
3962 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3963 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3964 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3965 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3966 @end deffn
3967
3968 @anchor{flash protect}
3969 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3970 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3971 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3972 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3973 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3974 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3975 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3976 @end deffn
3977
3978 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3979 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3980 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3981 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3982 @end deffn
3983
3984 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3985 @section Flash Driver List
3986 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3987 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3988 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3989
3990 @subsection External Flash
3991
3992 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3993 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3994 @cindex CFI
3995 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3996 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3997 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3998 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3999 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4000 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4001 configure a bus and its timings), or
4002 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4003 on the flash chip.
4004 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4005 speed up operation.
4006
4007 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4008
4009 @itemize
4010 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4011 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4012 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4013 @end itemize
4014
4015 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4016 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4017
4018 @example
4019 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4020 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4021 @end example
4022
4023 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4024 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4025 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4026
4027 @example
4028 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4029 @end example
4030
4031 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4032 @end deffn
4033
4034 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4035
4036 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4037 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4038 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4039 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4040 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4041 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4042
4043 @example
4044 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4045 @end example
4046 @end deffn
4047
4048 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4049 @cindex at91sam3
4050 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4051 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4052 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4053 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4054 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4055 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4056 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4057 chips are confirmed.}
4058
4059 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4060 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4061 the following fixed locations:
4062
4063 @example
4064 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4065 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4066 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4067 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4068 @end example
4069
4070 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4071 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4072 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4073
4074 @itemize
4075 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4076 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4077 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4078 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4079 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4080 @end itemize
4081
4082 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4083
4084 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4085 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4086 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4087 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4088 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4089 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4090 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4091
4092 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4093 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4094 @end deffn
4095
4096 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4097 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4098 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4099 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4100 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4101 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4102 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4103 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4104 @end deffn
4105
4106 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4107 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4108 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4109 @end deffn
4110 @end deffn
4111
4112 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4113 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4114 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4115 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4116 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4117
4118 @example
4119 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4120 @end example
4121
4122 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4123 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4124
4125 @itemize
4126 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4127 @item @var{banks}
4128 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4129 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4130 @item @var{pages_size}
4131 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4132 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4133 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4134 @end itemize
4135
4136 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4137 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4138 will be autoconfigured.
4139 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4140
4141 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4142 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4143 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4144 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4145 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4146
4147 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4148 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4149 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4150 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4151 are not truly general purpose).
4152 @quotation Note
4153 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4154 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4155 @end quotation
4156 @end deffn
4157 @end deffn
4158
4159 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4160 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4161 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4162 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4163 @end deffn
4164
4165 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4166 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4167 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4168 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4169 and executed.
4170 @end deffn
4171
4172 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4173 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4174 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4175
4176 @quotation Note
4177 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4178 driver:
4179 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4180 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4181 @end quotation
4182
4183 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4184 which must appear in the following order:
4185
4186 @itemize
4187 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4188 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4189 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4190 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4191 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4192 at which the core is running
4193 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4194 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4195 @end itemize
4196
4197 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4198
4199 @example
4200 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4201 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4202 @end example
4203
4204 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4205 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4206 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4207 @end deffn
4208 @end deffn
4209
4210 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4211 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4212 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4213 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4214 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4215 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4216
4217 @example
4218 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4219 @end example
4220 @end deffn
4221
4222 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4223 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4224 from NXP.
4225
4226 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4227 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4228 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4229 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4230 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4231 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4232 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4233 you start the PLL.
4234
4235 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4236
4237 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4238 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4239 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4240
4241 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4242 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4243 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4244 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4245 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4246 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4247 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4248
4249 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4250 @example
4251 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4252 @end example
4253
4254 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4255 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4256 @code{flash banks} command.
4257
4258 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4259 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4260 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4261 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4262 a known signature.
4263 Example:
4264 @example
4265 lpc2900 signature 0
4266 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4267 @end example
4268 @end deffn
4269
4270 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4271 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4272 saves it to a file in binary format.
4273 Example:
4274 @example
4275 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4276 @end example
4277 @end deffn
4278
4279 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4280 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4281 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4282 command:
4283
4284 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4285 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4286 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4287 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4288
4289 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4290 Example:
4291 @example
4292 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4293 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4294 @end example
4295 @end deffn
4296
4297 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4298 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4299 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4300 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4301 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4302 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4303 912 bytes.
4304 @quotation Attention
4305 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4306 @end quotation
4307 Example:
4308 @example
4309 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4310 @end example
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4314 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4315 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4316 after the next power cycle.
4317 @quotation Attention
4318 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4319 @end quotation
4320 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4321 Example:
4322 @example
4323 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4324 flash info 0
4325 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4326 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4327 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4328 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4329 @end example
4330 @end deffn
4331
4332 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4333 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4334 effective after the next power cycle.
4335 @quotation Attention
4336 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4337 @end quotation
4338 Examples:
4339 @example
4340 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4341 @end example
4342 @end deffn
4343 @end deffn
4344
4345 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4346 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4347
4348 @example
4349 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4350 @end example
4351 @end deffn
4352
4353 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4354 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4355 and integrate flash memory.
4356 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4357
4358 @example
4359 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4360 @end example
4361
4362 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4363 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4364 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4365 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4366 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4367 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4368 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4369 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4370 @end deffn
4371 @end deffn
4372
4373 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4374 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4375 Texas Instruments
4376 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4377 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4378 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4379 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4380 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4381 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4382
4383 @example
4384 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4385 @end example
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4389 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4390 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4391 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4392 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4393
4394 @example
4395 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4396 @end example
4397
4398 Some stm32x-specific commands
4399 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4400 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4401 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4402 are defined:
4403
4404 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4405 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4406 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4407 @end deffn
4408
4409 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4410 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4411 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4412 @end deffn
4413
4414 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4415 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4416 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4417 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4418 @end deffn
4419
4420 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4421 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4422 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4423 @end deffn
4424 @end deffn
4425
4426 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4427 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4428 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4429 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4430 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4431
4432 @example
4433 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4434 @end example
4435
4436 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4437 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4438 for the specified flash bank.
4439 @end deffn
4440 @end deffn
4441
4442 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4443 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4444 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4445 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4446 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4447
4448 @example
4449 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4450 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4451 @end example
4452
4453 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4454 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4455 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4456
4457 @itemize @bullet
4458 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4459 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4460 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4461 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4462 @end itemize
4463 @end deffn
4464
4465 @end deffn
4466
4467 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4468 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4469 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4470 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4471
4472 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4473
4474 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4475 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4476 @end deffn
4477
4478 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4479 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4480 @end deffn
4481
4482 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4483 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4484 the flash clock.
4485 @end deffn
4486 @end deffn
4487
4488 @subsection str9xpec driver
4489 @cindex str9xpec
4490
4491 Here is some background info to help
4492 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4493 the str9:
4494 @enumerate
4495 @item
4496 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4497 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4498 @item
4499 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4500 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4501 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4502 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4503 @end enumerate
4504
4505 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4506 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4507 configured for flash bank 0.
4508 @example
4509 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4510 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4511 jtag_reset 0 1
4512 # turn off target polling
4513 poll off
4514 # disable str9 core
4515 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4516 # read option bytes
4517 str9xpec options_read 0
4518 # re-enable str9 core
4519 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4520 poll on
4521 reset halt
4522 @end example
4523 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4524 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4525 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4526 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4527
4528 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4529 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4530 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4531 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4532 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4533
4534 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4535
4536 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4537 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4538 @end deffn
4539
4540 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4541 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4542 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4543 @end deffn
4544
4545 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4546 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4547 erase the device.
4548 @end deffn
4549
4550 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4551 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4552 @end deffn
4553
4554 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4555 Configure str9 boot bank.
4556 @end deffn
4557
4558 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4559 Configure str9 lvd source.
4560 @end deffn
4561
4562 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4563 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4564 @end deffn
4565
4566 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4567 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4568 @end deffn
4569
4570 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4571 Read str9 option bytes.
4572 @end deffn
4573
4574 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4575 Write str9 option bytes.
4576 @end deffn
4577
4578 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4579 unlock str9 device.
4580 @end deffn
4581
4582 @end deffn
4583
4584
4585 @section mFlash
4586
4587 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4588 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4589
4590 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4591 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4592 address @var{base}.
4593 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4594 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4595
4596 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4597
4598 @example
4599 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4600 @end example
4601
4602 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4603
4604 @example
4605 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4606 @end example
4607 @end deffn
4608
4609 @subsection mFlash commands
4610 @cindex mFlash commands
4611
4612 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4613 Configure mflash PLL.
4614 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4615 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4616 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4617 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4618 @end deffn
4619
4620 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4621 Configure bootable option.
4622 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4623 (4kB) for boot.
4624 @end deffn
4625
4626 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4627 Configure storage information.
4628 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4629 written.
4630 @end deffn
4631
4632 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4633 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4634 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4635 @end deffn
4636
4637 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4638 Probe mflash.
4639 @end deffn
4640
4641 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4642 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4643 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4644 @end deffn
4645
4646 @node NAND Flash Commands
4647 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4648 @cindex NAND
4649
4650 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4651 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4652 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4653
4654 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4655 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4656 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4657 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4658 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4659 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4660
4661 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4662 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4663 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4664 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4665 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4666 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4667 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4668 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4669 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4670 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4671
4672 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4673 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4674 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4675 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4676 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4677 every 512 bytes of data.
4678
4679 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4680 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4681 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4682 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4683 ECC mode is used.
4684
4685 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4686 @enumerate
4687 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4688 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4689 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4690 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4691 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4692 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4693 to access that device.
4694 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4695 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4696 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4697 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4698 de-brick a board.
4699 @end enumerate
4700
4701 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4702 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4703 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4704 are only 32 bits wide.
4705 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4706 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4707 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4708 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4709
4710 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4711 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4712 @cindex NAND configuration
4713
4714 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4715 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4716 OpenOCD has initialized.
4717
4718 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4719 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4720 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4721 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4722 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4723 they were a single (larger) device.
4724 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4725 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4726
4727 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4728 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4729 configuration files, not interactively.
4730
4731 @itemize @bullet
4732 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4733 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4734 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4735 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4736 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4737 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4738 commands to the NAND controller.
4739 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4740 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4741 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4742 for more information.
4743 @end itemize
4744 @end deffn
4745
4746 @deffn Command {nand list}
4747 Prints a summary of each device declared
4748 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4749 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4750 @example
4751 > nand list
4752 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4753 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4754 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4755 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4756 >
4757 @end example
4758 @end deffn
4759
4760 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4761 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4762 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4763 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4764 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4765 it with most other NAND commands.
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4769
4770 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4771 @cindex NAND reading
4772 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4773 starting at the specified offset.
4774 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4775
4776 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4777 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4778
4779 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4780 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4781 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4782
4783 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4784 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4785 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4786 method which handled that error correction.
4787
4788 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4789 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4790 @itemize @bullet
4791 @item no oob_* parameter
4792 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4793 @item @code{oob_raw}
4794 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4795 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4796 spare areas associated with each data page.
4797 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4798 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4799 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4800 @item @code{oob_only}
4801 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4802 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4803 spare areas associated with each data page.
4804 @end itemize
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4808 @cindex NAND erasing
4809 @cindex NAND programming
4810 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4811 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4812 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4813 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4814 If those parameters are not specified,
4815 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4816 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4817
4818 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4819 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4820 block marker.
4821 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4822 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4823 @end deffn
4824
4825 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4826 @cindex NAND writing
4827 @cindex NAND programming
4828 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4829 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4830 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4831 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4832
4833 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4834 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4835
4836 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4837 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4838 past the end of the device.
4839 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4840 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4841 if that's being written.)
4842
4843 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4844 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4845 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4846
4847 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4848 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4849 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4850 @itemize @bullet
4851 @item no oob_* parameter
4852 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4853 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4854 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4855 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4856 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4857 @item @code{oob_only}
4858 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4859 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4860 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4861 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4862 @item @code{oob_raw}
4863 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4864 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4865 un-altered OOB.
4866 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4867 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4868 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4869 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4870 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4871 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4872 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4873 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4874 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4875 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4876 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4877 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4878 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4879 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4880 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4881 @end itemize
4882 @end deffn
4883
4884 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4885 @cindex NAND verification
4886 @cindex NAND programming
4887 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4888 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4889 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4890
4891 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4892 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4893
4894 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4895 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4896 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4897 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4898 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4899
4900 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4901 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4902 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4903
4904 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4905 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4906 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4907 be removed in a future release.
4908 @end deffn
4909
4910 @section Other NAND commands
4911 @cindex NAND other commands
4912
4913 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4914 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4915 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4916 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4917 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4918 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4919 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4920 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4921
4922 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4923 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4924 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4925 @end deffn
4926
4927 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4928 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4929 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4930 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4931 status for each block.
4932 @end deffn
4933
4934 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4935 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4936 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4937
4938 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4939 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4940 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4941 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4942 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4943
4944 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4945 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4946 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4947 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4948 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4949 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4950 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4951 @end deffn
4952
4953 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4954 @section NAND Driver List
4955 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4956 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4957 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4958
4959 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
4960 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
4961 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
4962 address of the ECC controller.
4963 @example
4964 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
4965 @end example
4966 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
4967 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
4968 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
4969 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
4970 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
4971 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
4972 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
4973 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4974 @end deffn
4975 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
4976 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
4977 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4978 @end deffn
4979
4980 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
4981 properly configured for input or output.
4982 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
4983 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
4984 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4985 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4986 @end deffn
4987 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
4988 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
4989 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4990 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4991 @end deffn
4992 @end deffn
4993
4994 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4995 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4996 chips from Texas Instruments.
4997 It takes three extra parameters:
4998 address of the NAND chip;
4999 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5000 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5001 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5002 @example
5003 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5004 @end example
5005 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5006 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5007 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5008 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5009 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5010 @end deffn
5011
5012 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5013 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5014 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5015 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5016 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5017 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5018 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5019 @end deffn
5020
5021 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5022 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5023 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5024 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5025 @end deffn
5026 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5027
5028 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5029 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5030 parameter: the address of the controller.
5031 @example
5032 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5033 @end example
5034 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5035 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5036 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5037 change any behavior.
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5041 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5042 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5043 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5044 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5045 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5046 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5047 specialized commands.
5048 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5049 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5050 change any behavior.
5051 @end deffn
5052
5053 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5054 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5055 @cindex PLD
5056 @cindex FPGA
5057
5058 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5059 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5060 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5061 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5062 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5063 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5064 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5065
5066 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5067
5068 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5069 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5070 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5071
5072 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5073 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5074
5075 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5076 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5077 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5078 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5079 behavior.
5080 @end deffn
5081
5082 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5083 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5084 @end deffn
5085
5086 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5087 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5088 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5089 @end deffn
5090
5091 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5092
5093 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5094 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5095 that particular type of PLD.
5096
5097 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5098 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5099 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5100 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5101 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5102
5103 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5104 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5105 for FPGA @var{num}.
5106 @end deffn
5107 @end deffn
5108
5109 @node General Commands
5110 @chapter General Commands
5111 @cindex commands
5112
5113 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5114 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5115 commands are documented elsewhere.
5116
5117 Intent:
5118 @itemize @bullet
5119 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5120 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5121 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5122 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5123
5124 @item @b{From the human}
5125 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5126 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5127
5128 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5129 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5130 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5131
5132 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5133 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5134 port is 5555.
5135 @end itemize
5136
5137
5138 @section Daemon Commands
5139
5140 @deffn {Command} exit
5141 Exits the current telnet session.
5142 @end deffn
5143
5144 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5145 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5146 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5147 Not every command provides helptext.
5148
5149 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5150 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5151 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5152 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5153 @end deffn
5154
5155 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5156 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5157 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5158 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5159 Useful in connection with script files
5160 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5161 @end deffn
5162
5163 @deffn Command shutdown
5164 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5165 @end deffn
5166
5167 @anchor{debug_level}
5168 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5169 @cindex message level
5170 Display debug level.
5171 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5172 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5173 Level 0 is error messages only;
5174 level 1 adds warnings;
5175 level 2 adds informational messages;
5176 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5177 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5178 the command line along with the location of that log
5179 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5180 @xref{Running}.
5181 @end deffn
5182
5183 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5184 Default disabled.
5185 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5186
5187 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5188 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5189 individually overridden.
5190
5191 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5192 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5193 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5194
5195 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5196
5197 @example
5198 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5199 @end example
5200 @end deffn
5201
5202 @deffn Command echo message
5203 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5204 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5205 @example
5206 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5207 @end example
5208 @end deffn
5209
5210 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5211 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5212 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5213 @end deffn
5214
5215 @anchor{Target State handling}
5216 @section Target State handling
5217 @cindex reset
5218 @cindex halt
5219 @cindex target initialization
5220
5221 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5222 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5223 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5224 a current target which is used to perform the
5225 various operations. The current target may be changed
5226 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5227 target which should become current.
5228
5229 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5230 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5231 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5232 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5233 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5234
5235 @emph{With no arguments}:
5236 list all available registers for the current target,
5237 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5238 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5239 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5240 are flagged as such.
5241
5242 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5243
5244 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5245 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5246 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5247 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5248 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5249 relevant module will flush such values.
5250
5251 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5252 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5253
5254 @example
5255 > reg
5256 ===== ARM registers
5257 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5258 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5259 (2) r2 (/32)
5260 ...
5261 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5262 >
5263 @end example
5264 @end deffn
5265
5266 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5267 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5268 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5269 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5270 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5271 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5272 (and enter debug mode).
5273 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5274
5275 @quotation Warning
5276 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5277 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5278 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5279 power mode by gating the core clock;
5280 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5281
5282 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5283 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5284 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5285 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5286 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5287 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5288
5289 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5290 work with a JTAG debugger.
5291 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5292 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5293 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5294 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5295 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5296 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5297 @end quotation
5298
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 @deffn Command resume [address]
5302 Resume the target at its current code position,
5303 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5304 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5305 @end deffn
5306
5307 @deffn Command step [address]
5308 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5309 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5310 @end deffn
5311
5312 @anchor{Reset Command}
5313 @deffn Command reset
5314 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5315 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5316 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5317 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5318 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5319 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5320
5321 The optional parameter specifies what should
5322 happen after the reset.
5323 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5324 The other options will not work on all systems.
5325 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5326
5327 @itemize @minus
5328 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5329 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5330 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5331 @end itemize
5332 @end deffn
5333
5334 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5335 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5336 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5337 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5338 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5339 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5340 state.
5341 @end deffn
5342
5343 @section I/O Utilities
5344
5345 These commands are available when
5346 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5347 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5348 notably the ZY1000.
5349 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5350
5351 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5352
5353 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5354 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5355 the text file @file{filename}.
5356 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5357 The last string is followed by a newline.
5358 @end deffn
5359
5360 @deffn Command cat filename
5361 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5362 @end deffn
5363
5364 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5365 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5366 into @file{dest_filename}.
5367 @end deffn
5368
5369 @deffn Command ip
5370 @emph{No description provided.}
5371 @end deffn
5372
5373 @deffn Command ls
5374 @emph{No description provided.}
5375 @end deffn
5376
5377 @deffn Command mac
5378 @emph{No description provided.}
5379 @end deffn
5380
5381 @deffn Command meminfo
5382 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5383 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5384 @end deffn
5385
5386 @deffn Command peek
5387 @emph{No description provided.}
5388 @end deffn
5389
5390 @deffn Command poke
5391 @emph{No description provided.}
5392 @end deffn
5393
5394 @deffn Command rm filename
5395 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5396 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5397 @end deffn
5398
5399 @deffn Command trunc filename
5400 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5401 @end deffn
5402
5403 @anchor{Memory access}
5404 @section Memory access commands
5405 @cindex memory access
5406
5407 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5408 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5409 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5410 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5411
5412 @enumerate
5413 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5414 to change the current target.
5415 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5416 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5417 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5418 @end enumerate
5419
5420 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5421 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5422 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5423 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5424 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5425 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5426 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5427 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5428 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5429 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5430 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5431 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5432 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5433 @end deffn
5434
5435 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5436 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5437 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5438 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5439 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5440 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5441 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5442 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5443 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5444 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5445 @end deffn
5446
5447
5448 @anchor{Image access}
5449 @section Image loading commands
5450 @cindex image loading
5451 @cindex image dumping
5452
5453 @anchor{dump_image}
5454 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5455 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5456 binary file named @var{filename}.
5457 @end deffn
5458
5459 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5460 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5461 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5462 @end deffn
5463
5464 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5465 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5466 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5467 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5468 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5469 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5470 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5471 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5472 separately.
5473 @end deffn
5474
5475 @anchor{load_image}
5476 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5477 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5478 The file format may optionally be specified
5479 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5480 @end deffn
5481
5482 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5483 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5484 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5485 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5486 The file format may optionally be specified
5487 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5488 @end deffn
5489
5490 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5491 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5492 The file format may optionally be specified
5493 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5494 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5495 @end deffn
5496
5497
5498 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5499 @cindex breakpoint
5500 @cindex watchpoint
5501
5502 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5503 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5504 watchpoints.
5505 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5506
5507 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5508 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5509 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5510 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5511 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5512 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5513
5514 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5515 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5516 @end deffn
5517
5518 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5519 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5520 @end deffn
5521
5522 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5523 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5524 @end deffn
5525
5526 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5527 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5528 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5529 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5530 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5531 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5532 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5533 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5534 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5535 @end deffn
5536
5537 @section Misc Commands
5538
5539 @cindex profiling
5540 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5541 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5542 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5543 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5544 @end deffn
5545
5546 @deffn Command {version}
5547 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5548 @end deffn
5549
5550 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5551 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5552 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5553 @end deffn
5554
5555 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5556 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5557 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5558 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5559
5560 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5561 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5562 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5563 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5564
5565 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5566 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5567 @cindex tracing
5568 @cindex ETM
5569 @cindex ETB
5570
5571 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5572 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5573 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5574
5575 @itemize
5576 @item
5577 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5578 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5579 supports such an interface.
5580 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5581 and trace port support.)
5582 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5583 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5584 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5585 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5586 in the board-specific configuration file.
5587 @item
5588 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5589 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5590 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5591 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5592 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5593 @end itemize
5594
5595 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5596
5597 @quotation Issues
5598 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5599 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5600
5601 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5602 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5603 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5604 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5605 dummy trace port driver}.
5606
5607 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5608 as well as tracing only during specific states
5609 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5610
5611 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5612 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5613 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5614 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5615 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5616
5617 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5618 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5619 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5620 this original style of JTAG access.
5621 @end quotation
5622
5623 @subsection ETM Configuration
5624 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5625
5626 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5627 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5628 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5629
5630 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5631 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5632 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5633 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5634 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5635 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5636 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5637 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5638 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5639
5640 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5641 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5642 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5643
5644 @quotation Warning
5645 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5646 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5647 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5648 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5649 @end quotation
5650
5651 @quotation Note
5652 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5653 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5654 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5655 what CPU activities are traced.
5656 @end quotation
5657 @end deffn
5658
5659 @deffn Command {etm info}
5660 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5661 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5662 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5663 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @deffn Command {etm status}
5667 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5668 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5669 Did trace data overflow?
5670 Was it triggered?
5671 @end deffn
5672
5673 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5674 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5675 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5676 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5677 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5678
5679 @itemize
5680 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5681 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5682 The value is one of
5683 @option{none} (save nothing),
5684 @option{data} (save data),
5685 @option{address} (save addresses),
5686 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5687 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5688 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5689 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5690 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5691 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5692 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5693 trace stream without an image of the code.
5694 @end itemize
5695 @end deffn
5696
5697 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5698 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5699 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5700 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5701 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5702
5703 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5704 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5705 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5706 @end deffn
5707
5708 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5709
5710 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5711 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5712 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5713
5714 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5715 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5716 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5717 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5718 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5719 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5720 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5721
5722 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5723
5724 @itemize
5725 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5726 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5727 for instruction access within that function's body.
5728 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5729 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5730 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5731 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5732 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5733 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5734 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5735 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5736 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5737 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5738 @item @emph{... more}
5739 @end itemize
5740
5741 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5742 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5743
5744 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5745 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5746 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5747 @end deffn
5748
5749 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5750 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5751 @end deffn
5752
5753 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5754 Opens an image file.
5755 @end deffn
5756
5757 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5758 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5759 @end deffn
5760
5761 @deffn Command {etm start}
5762 Starts trace data collection.
5763 @end deffn
5764
5765 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5766 Stops trace data collection.
5767 @end deffn
5768
5769 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5770 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5771
5772 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5773
5774 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5775 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5776 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5777 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5778 any trace data collection.}
5779 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5780 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5781 @end deffn
5782 @end deffn
5783
5784 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5785 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5786 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5787 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5788 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5789 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5790 @end deffn
5791 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5792 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5793 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5794 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5795 trace trigger becomes active.
5796
5797 @itemize
5798 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5799 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5800 afterwards.
5801 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5802 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5803 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5804 what caused that event to happen.
5805 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5806 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5807 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5808 how the event caused trouble.
5809 @end itemize
5810 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5811 @end deffn
5812
5813 @end deffn
5814
5815 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5816 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5817 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5818 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5819 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5820
5821 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5822 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5823
5824 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5825 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5826 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5827 @end deffn
5828
5829 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5830 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5831 @end deffn
5832
5833 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5834 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5835 @end deffn
5836 @end deffn
5837
5838
5839 @section Generic ARM
5840 @cindex ARM
5841
5842 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5843 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5844 commands that may be available.
5845
5846 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5847 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5848 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5849 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5850 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5851 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5852 @end deffn
5853
5854 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5855 @cindex disassemble
5856 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5857 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5858 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5859 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5860 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5861 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5862 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5863
5864 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5865 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5866 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5867 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5868 with a handful of exceptions.
5869 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5870 @end deffn
5871
5872 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5873 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5874 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5875 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5876 and using the MCR instruction.
5877 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5878 an ARM register.)
5879 @end deffn
5880
5881 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5882 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5883 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5884 and the MRC instruction.
5885 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5886 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5887 an ARM register.)
5888 @end deffn
5889
5890 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5891 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5892 core mode if necessary.
5893 @end deffn
5894
5895 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5896 @cindex ARMv4
5897 @cindex ARMv5
5898
5899 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5900 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5901 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5902 variant.
5903
5904 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5905 @cindex ARM7
5906 @cindex ARM9
5907
5908 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5909 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5910 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5911 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5912
5913 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5914 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
5915 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5916 instead of breakpoints.
5917 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5918
5919 This should be
5920 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
5921 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5922 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5923 @end deffn
5924
5925 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5926 @cindex DCC
5927 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
5928 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
5929 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5930
5931 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5932 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5933 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5934 @end deffn
5935
5936 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5937 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5938 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
5939 that don't check completion of the operation.
5940 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5941
5942 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5943 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5944 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5945 @end deffn
5946
5947 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5948 @cindex ARM semihosting
5949 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
5950
5951 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
5952 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
5953 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
5954 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
5955 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
5956 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
5957 @end deffn
5958
5959 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5960 @cindex ARM720T
5961
5962 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5963 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5964 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5965 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5966
5967 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
5968 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
5969 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
5970
5971 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
5972 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5973 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
5974 @end deffn
5975
5976 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5977 @cindex ARM9
5978
5979 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5980 integer processors.
5981 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5982
5983 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5984 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5985 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5986 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5987
5988 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5989 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5990 @cindex vector_catch
5991 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5992 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5993 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5994 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5995 to those hardware vectors.
5996
5997 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5998 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5999 vector catch hardware to intercept
6000 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6001 @option{none} of them,
6002 or a list with one or more of the following:
6003 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6004 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6005 @end deffn
6006
6007 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6008 @cindex ARM920T
6009
6010 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6011 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6012 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6013 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6014 and ARM9 commands.
6015
6016 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6017 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6018 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6019 @end deffn
6020
6021 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6022 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6023 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6024 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6025 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6026 (Not all registers can be written.)
6027 @end deffn
6028
6029 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6030 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6031 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6032
6033 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6034 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6035 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6036 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6037 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6038 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6039 @end deffn
6040
6041 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6042 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6043 @end deffn
6044
6045 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6046 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6047 @end deffn
6048
6049 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6050 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6051
6052 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6053 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6054 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6055 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6056 and ARM9 commands.
6057
6058 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6059 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6060
6061 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6062 Print information about the caches found.
6063 @end deffn
6064
6065 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6066 @cindex ARM966E
6067
6068 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6069 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6070 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6071 and ARM9 commands.
6072
6073 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6074 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6075 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6076 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6077 ARM966E-S TRM.
6078 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6079 as required for BIST support.
6080 @end deffn
6081
6082 @subsection XScale specific commands
6083 @cindex XScale
6084
6085 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6086
6087 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6088 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6089 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6090 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6091 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6092 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6093 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6094
6095 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6096 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6097 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6098 vector_table} command.
6099
6100 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6101 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6102 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6103 code layout in memory:
6104 @example
6105 _vectors:
6106 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6107 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6108 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6109 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6110 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6111 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6112 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6113 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6114 .org 0x100
6115 .long real_reset_vector
6116 .long real_ui_handler
6117 .long real_swi_handler
6118 .long real_pf_abort
6119 .long real_data_abort
6120 .long 0 /* unused */
6121 .long real_irq_handler
6122 .long real_fiq_handler
6123 @end example
6124
6125 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6126 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6127 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6128 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6129
6130
6131 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6132 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6133
6134 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6135 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6136 @end deffn
6137
6138 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6139 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6140 @end deffn
6141
6142 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6143 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6144 @end deffn
6145
6146 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6147 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6148 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6152 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6153 @end deffn
6154
6155 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6156 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6157 @end deffn
6158
6159 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6160 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6161 @end deffn
6162
6163 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6164 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6165 @end deffn
6166
6167 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6168 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6169 @end deffn
6170
6171 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6172 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6173 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6174 and modifying how it is emptied.
6175 @end deffn
6176
6177 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6178 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6179 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6180 The image @var{type} may be one of
6181 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6182 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6183 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6184 @end deffn
6185
6186 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6187 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6188 @cindex vector_catch
6189 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6190 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6191
6192 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6193 @example
6194 0x01 Trap Reset
6195 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6196 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6197 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6198 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6199 0x20 reserved
6200 0x40 Trap IRQ
6201 0x80 Trap FIQ
6202 @end example
6203 @end deffn
6204
6205 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6206 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6207 @cindex vector_table
6208
6209 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6210 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6211 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6212 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6213 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6214
6215 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6216
6217 @end deffn
6218
6219 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6220 @cindex ARMv6
6221
6222 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6223 @cindex ARM11
6224
6225 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6226 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6227 which is enabled by default.
6228 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6229 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6230 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6231 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6232 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6233 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6234 @end deffn
6235
6236 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6237 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6238 which is enabled by default.
6239 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6240 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6241 @end deffn
6242
6243 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6244 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6245 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6246 they are disabled by default.
6247 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6248 @end deffn
6249
6250 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6251 @cindex vector_catch
6252 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6253 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6254 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6255
6256 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6257 for certain hardware events.
6258 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6259 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6260 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6261 @end deffn
6262
6263 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6264 @cindex ARMv7
6265
6266 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6267 @cindex Debug Access Port
6268 @cindex DAP
6269 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6270 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6271 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6272
6273 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6274 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6275 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6276 @end deffn
6277
6278 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6279 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6280 @end deffn
6281
6282 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6283 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6284 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6285 @end deffn
6286
6287 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6288 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6289 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6290 @end deffn
6291
6292 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6293 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6294 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6295 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6296 @end deffn
6297
6298 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6299 @cindex Cortex-M3
6300
6301 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6302 @cindex disassemble
6303 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6304 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6305 @end deffn
6306
6307 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6308 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6309 @end deffn
6310
6311 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6312 @cindex vector_catch
6313 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6314 for certain hardware events.
6315
6316 Parameters request interception of
6317 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6318 @option{none} of them,
6319 or one or more of the following:
6320 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6321 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6322 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6323 @option{irq_err},
6324 @option{state_err},
6325 @option{chk_err}, or
6326 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6327 @option{reset}.
6328 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6329 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6330 are mapped to HardFault.
6331 UsageFault checks for
6332 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6333 must also be explicitly enabled.
6334
6335 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6336 @end deffn
6337
6338 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6339 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6340 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6341 @cindex tracing
6342 @cindex libdcc
6343 @cindex DCC
6344 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6345 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6346 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6347 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6348
6349 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6350 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6351 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6352 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6353 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6354 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6355
6356 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6357 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6358 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6359 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6360 The target being debugged may
6361 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6362 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6363 each supported by a command:
6364
6365 @itemize
6366 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6367 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6368 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6369 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6370
6371 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6372 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6373 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6374
6375 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6376 and then displayed at any time.
6377 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6378
6379 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6380 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6381 @end itemize
6382
6383 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6384 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6385 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6386 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6387 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6388 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6389 does the same thing.
6390
6391 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6392 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6393 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6394 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6395 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6396
6397 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6398 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6399 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6400 @end deffn
6401
6402 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6403 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6404 in the order they triggered.
6405 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6406 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6407 history records.
6408 @end deffn
6409
6410 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6411 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6412 they have been triggered.
6413 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6414 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6415 and associates it with that identifier.
6416
6417 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6418 are not related except by this command.
6419 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6420 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6421 @end deffn
6422
6423
6424 @node JTAG Commands
6425 @chapter JTAG Commands
6426 @cindex JTAG Commands
6427 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6428 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6429 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6430 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6431 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6432
6433 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6434 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6435
6436 @itemize @bullet
6437 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6438 devices such as a CPUs.
6439 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6440 standard state machine (in parallel)
6441 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6442 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6443 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6444 while the reading previous ones.
6445 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6446 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6447 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6448 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6449 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6450 registers.
6451 @end itemize
6452
6453 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6454
6455 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6456 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6457 the order of TAP state transitions.
6458 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6459 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6460 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6461
6462 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6463 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6464 that specify the entire register.
6465 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6466 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6467 The return value holds the original value of each
6468 of those fields.
6469
6470 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6471 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6472 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6473 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6474 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6475
6476 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6477 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6478
6479 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6480 in that state.
6481 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6482 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6483 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6484
6485 @quotation Warning
6486 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6487 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6488 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6489 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6490 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6491 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6492 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6493 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6494 @end quotation
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6498 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6499 This may be used for performance tuning.
6500
6501 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6502 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6503 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6504 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6505 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6506 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6507 @end deffn
6508
6509 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6510 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6511 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6512 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6513 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6514 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6515
6516 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6517 in that state.
6518 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6519 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6520 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6521
6522 @quotation Note
6523 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6524 register values, unlike data register values.
6525 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6526 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6527 @end quotation
6528 @end deffn
6529
6530 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6531 Set values of reset signals.
6532 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6533 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6534 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6535 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6536 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6537 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6538 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6539
6540 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6541 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6542 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6543 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6544 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6545 instead of the TRST signal.
6546 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6547 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6548 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6549 with handlers for that event.
6550 @end deffn
6551
6552 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6553 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6554 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6555 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6556 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6557 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6558 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6559 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6560 The final state must also be stable.
6561 @end deffn
6562
6563 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6564 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6565 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6566 Instructions often need some time
6567 to execute before they take effect.
6568 @end deffn
6569
6570 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6571 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6572
6573 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6574 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6575 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6576 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6577 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6578 @end deffn
6579
6580 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6581 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6582 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6583 must also be enabled.
6584 Default is enabled.
6585 @end deffn
6586
6587 @section TAP state names
6588 @cindex TAP state names
6589
6590 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6591 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6592 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6593 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6594
6595 @itemize @bullet
6596 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6597 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6598 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6599 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6600 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6601 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6602 through the data register
6603 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6604 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6605 for update or more shifting
6606 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6607 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6608 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6609 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6610 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6611 through the instruction register
6612 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6613 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6614 for update or more shifting
6615 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6616 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6617 @end itemize
6618
6619 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6620 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6621 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6622 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6623
6624 @itemize @bullet
6625 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6626 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6627 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6628 may not be as expected.
6629 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6630 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6631 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6632 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6633 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6634 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6635 @end itemize
6636
6637 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6638 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6639
6640 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6641 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6642 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6643 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6644
6645 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6646 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6647 @cindex SVF
6648
6649 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6650 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6651 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6652
6653 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6654 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6655 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6656 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6657 each command is logged before it is executed.
6658 @end deffn
6659
6660 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6661 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6662 @cindex XSVF
6663
6664 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6665 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6666 Xilinx devices.
6667 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6668
6669 @quotation Important
6670 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6671 @end quotation
6672
6673 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6674 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6675 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6676 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6677 that TAP.
6678 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6679 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6680 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6681 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6682 @end deffn
6683
6684 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6685 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6686 after building the software.
6687 You may find them useful:
6688
6689 @itemize
6690 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6691 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6692 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6693 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6694 @end itemize
6695
6696 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6697 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6698 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6699 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6700 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6701 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6702 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6703
6704
6705 @node TFTP
6706 @chapter TFTP
6707 @cindex TFTP
6708 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6709 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6710
6711 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6712 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6713 server (tftpd). For example,
6714
6715 @example
6716 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6717 @end example
6718
6719 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6720 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6721
6722 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6723 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6724 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6725 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6726
6727 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6728 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6729 @cindex GDB
6730 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6731 to debug remote targets.
6732 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6733
6734 @itemize
6735 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6736 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6737 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6738 as shown in this chapter.
6739 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6740 that also will probably need to be configured.
6741 @end itemize
6742
6743 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6744 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6745 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6746 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6747 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6748 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6749
6750 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6751 @section Connecting to GDB
6752 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6753 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6754 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6755 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6756 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6757
6758 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6759
6760 @enumerate
6761 @item
6762 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6763 @example
6764 target remote localhost:3333
6765 @end example
6766 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6767 @item
6768 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6769 @example
6770 target remote | openocd --pipe
6771 @end example
6772 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6773 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6774 session.
6775 @end enumerate
6776
6777 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6778 GDB command line.
6779
6780 @section Sample GDB session startup
6781
6782 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6783 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6784 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6785 small ARM program.
6786 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6787 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6788
6789 @example
6790 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6791 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6792 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6793 ...
6794 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6795 ...
6796 (gdb) load
6797 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6798 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6799 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6800 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6801 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6802 (gdb) continue
6803 Continuing.
6804 ...
6805 @end example
6806
6807 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6808 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6809 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6810 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6811
6812 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6813
6814 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6815 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6816 packet size and the device's memory map.
6817 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6818 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6819 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6820
6821 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6822 You may need to set those up by hand.
6823 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6824 something like:
6825
6826 @example
6827 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6828 @end example
6829
6830 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6831
6832 @example
6833 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6834 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6835 @end example
6836
6837 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6838 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6839 do not have such restrictions.
6840
6841 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6842 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6843 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6844
6845 @example
6846 define hook-step
6847 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6848 end
6849 define hookpost-step
6850 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6851 end
6852 @end example
6853
6854 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6855 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6856 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6857 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6858
6859 @section Programming using GDB
6860 @cindex Programming using GDB
6861
6862 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6863 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6864 @example
6865 gdb_memory_map disable
6866 @end example
6867 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6868 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6869 working area.
6870
6871 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6872 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6873 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6874 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6875
6876 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6877 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6878
6879 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6880 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6881 @example
6882 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6883 @end example
6884
6885 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6886 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6887
6888 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6889 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6890 will be used.
6891
6892 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6893 script can be executed:
6894 @example
6895 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6896 @end example
6897
6898 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6899 can be used.
6900
6901 @node Tcl Scripting API
6902 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6903 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6904 @cindex Tcl scripts
6905 @section API rules
6906
6907 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6908 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6909 information as an argument to each proc.
6910
6911 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6912 pair list and lists.
6913
6914 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6915 list.
6916
6917 @verbatim
6918
6919 > set foo(me) Duane
6920 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6921 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6922 > set foo(duck) Donald
6923
6924 If one does this:
6925
6926 > set foo
6927
6928 The result is:
6929
6930 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6931
6932 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6933
6934 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6935 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6936 }
6937 @end verbatim
6938
6939 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6940 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6941
6942 @section Internal low-level Commands
6943
6944 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6945
6946 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6947 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6948 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6949
6950 @itemize @bullet
6951 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6952
6953 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6954 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6955
6956 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6957 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6958
6959 Return information about the flash banks
6960 @end itemize
6961
6962 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6963 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6964 called "flash_banks".
6965
6966 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6967
6968 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6969 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6970 holds one of the following values:
6971
6972 @itemize @bullet
6973 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6974 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
6975 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
6976 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6977 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6978 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6979 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6980 @end itemize
6981
6982 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6983
6984 @quotation Note
6985 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6986 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6987 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6988 is jim, not real tcl).
6989 @end quotation
6990
6991 @node FAQ
6992 @chapter FAQ
6993 @cindex faq
6994 @enumerate
6995 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6996 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6997 @cindex RTCK
6998 @cindex adaptive clocking
6999 @*
7000
7001 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7002 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7003 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7004 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7005
7006 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7007 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7008 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7009 @enumerate
7010 @item
7011 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7012 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7013 @item
7014 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7015 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7016 @end enumerate
7017
7018 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7019 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7020 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7021 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7022 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7023 power).
7024
7025 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7026 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7027 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7028 ARM926 scenario).
7029 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7030 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7031 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7032
7033 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7034 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7035 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7036 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7037
7038 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7039
7040 In order to make use of this,
7041 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7042 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7043
7044 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7045 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7046 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7047 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7048 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7049
7050 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7051 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7052 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7053 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7054
7055 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7056 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7057 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7058 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7059 with a CPLD.
7060 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7061 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7062 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7063 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7064 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7065 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7066
7067 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7068
7069 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7070
7071 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7072 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7073 depending on the chips on your board.
7074 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7075 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7076 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7077
7078 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7079
7080 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7081 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7082 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7083 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7084
7085 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7086 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7087 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7088 this way.
7089
7090 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7091 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7092 clock rate.
7093 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7094 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7095 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7096
7097 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7098
7099 @example
7100 # Example: 1.234MHz
7101 jtag_khz 1234
7102 @end example
7103
7104
7105 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7106
7107 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7108 around Windows filenames.
7109
7110 @example
7111 > echo \a
7112
7113 > echo @{\a@}
7114 \a
7115 > echo "\a"
7116
7117 >
7118 @end example
7119
7120
7121 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7122
7123 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7124 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7125 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7126
7127 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7128 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7129 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7130
7131 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7132 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7133 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7134
7135 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7136
7137 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7138 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7139 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7140 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7141
7142 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7143 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7144 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7145
7146 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7147 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7148
7149 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7150 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7151 memory read caused data abort".
7152
7153 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7154 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7155 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7156 be done, feel free to add this here.
7157
7158 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7159 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7160 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7161 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7162 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7163 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7164 gracefully stops.
7165
7166 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7167 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7168 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7169
7170 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7171 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7172 bytes. Painful...
7173
7174
7175 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7176 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7177
7178 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7179 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7180 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7181 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7182 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7183 reset, everything else should work fine.
7184
7185 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7186 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7187 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7188 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7189
7190 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7191 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7192 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7193 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7194
7195 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7196
7197 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7198 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7199 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7200 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7201
7202 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7203 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7204 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7205 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7206
7207 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7208 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7209 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7210
7211 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7212 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7213
7214 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7215 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7216 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7217 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7218 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7219 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7220 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7221 clock frequency?
7222
7223 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7224 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7225 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7226 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7227 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7228
7229 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7230
7231 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7232 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7233 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7234 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7235 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7236 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7237 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7238
7239 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7240
7241 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7242 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7243 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7244 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7245
7246 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7247 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7248 particular order?
7249
7250 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7251 the same order used by the hardware.
7252
7253 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7254 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7255 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7256 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7257 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7258 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7259
7260 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7261 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7262 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7263 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7264
7265 @itemize @bullet
7266 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7267 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7268 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7269 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7270 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7271 @end itemize
7272
7273 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7274
7275 @itemize @bullet
7276 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7277 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7278 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7279 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7280 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7281 @end itemize
7282
7283
7284 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7285 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7286 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7287
7288 TODO.
7289
7290 @end enumerate
7291
7292 @node Tcl Crash Course
7293 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7294 @cindex Tcl
7295
7296 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7297 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7298 how the Tcl scripts work.
7299
7300 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7301 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7302 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7303 OpenOCD.
7304
7305 @section Tcl Rule #1
7306 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7307 @enumerate
7308 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7309 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7310 @end enumerate
7311
7312 The Tcl equal is this:
7313
7314 @enumerate
7315 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7316 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7317 @end enumerate
7318
7319 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7320 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7321
7322 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7323 There is a second pair of rules.
7324 @enumerate
7325 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7326 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7327 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7328 in Tcl.
7329 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7330 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7331 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7332 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7333 @end enumerate
7334
7335 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7336 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7337 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7338 Everything is a string}
7339
7340 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7341 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7342 difference is subtle.
7343 @enumerate
7344 @item Parse Time
7345 @item Evaluation Time
7346 @end enumerate
7347
7348 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7349 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7350 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7351
7352 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7353 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7354 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7355 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7356
7357 @itemize @bullet
7358 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7359 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7360 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7361 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7362 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7363 @example
7364 # bash example
7365 X=`date`
7366 echo "The Date is: $X"
7367 # Tcl example
7368 set X [date]
7369 puts "The Date is: $X"
7370 @end example
7371 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7372 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7373 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7374 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7375 is a string}
7376 @example
7377 set x "Dinner"
7378 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7379 @end example
7380 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7381 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7382 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7383 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7384 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7385 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7386 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7387 @end itemize
7388
7389 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7390
7391 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7392
7393 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7394
7395 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7396 the normal way.
7397
7398 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7399 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7400 line is immedatly executed.
7401
7402 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7403 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7404
7405 @subsection Command Execution
7406
7407 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7408 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7409 control flow operators.
7410
7411 Commands are executed like this:
7412
7413 @enumerate
7414 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7415 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7416 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7417 @end enumerate
7418
7419 It sort of works like this:
7420 @example
7421 for(;;)@{
7422 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7423
7424 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7425
7426 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7427 @}
7428 @end example
7429
7430 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7431 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7432 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7433 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7434 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7435 ``LookupCommand()''
7436
7437 @subsection The FOR command
7438
7439 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7440 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7441 command just like any other command.
7442
7443 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7444 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7445 are:
7446
7447 @enumerate 0
7448 @item The ascii text 'for'
7449 @item The start text
7450 @item The test expression
7451 @item The next text
7452 @item The body text
7453 @end enumerate
7454
7455 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7456 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7457 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7458 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7459
7460 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7461 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7462
7463 @example
7464 int
7465 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7466 int *argc,
7467 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7468 @end example
7469
7470 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7471 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7472 still operates in the same basic way.
7473
7474 @subsection FOR command implementation
7475
7476 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7477 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7478
7479 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7480
7481 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7482
7483 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7484 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7485 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7486
7487 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7488 expression and returns a value.
7489
7490 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7491 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7492 @example
7493 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7494
7495 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7496
7497 int
7498 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7499 int argc,
7500 char **argv )
7501 @{
7502 if( argc != 5 )@{
7503 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7504 return ERROR;
7505 @}
7506
7507 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7508
7509 // Execute the start statement.
7510 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7511
7512 // Top of loop test
7513 for(;;)@{
7514 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7515 if( i == 0 )
7516 break;
7517
7518 // Execute the body
7519 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7520
7521 // Execute the LOOP part
7522 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7523 @}
7524
7525 // Return no error
7526 SetResult( interp, "" );
7527 return SUCCESS;
7528 @}
7529 @end example
7530
7531 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7532 in the same basic way.
7533
7534 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7535
7536 @subsection source and find commands
7537 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7538 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7539 @*Remember the parsing rules
7540 @enumerate
7541 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7542 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7543 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7544 substituted on the orginal command line.
7545 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7546 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7547 @end enumerate
7548 @subsection format command
7549 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7550 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7551 @b{sprintf()}.
7552 @b{Example}
7553 @example
7554 set x 6
7555 set y 7
7556 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7557 @end example
7558 @enumerate
7559 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7560 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7561 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7562 @* Refer to Rule #1
7563 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7564 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7565 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7566 @end enumerate
7567 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7568 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7569 @example
7570 #1 Good
7571 proc someproc @{@} @{
7572 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7573 @}
7574 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7575 #2 Good - no variables
7576 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7577 #3 Good Curly Braces
7578 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7579 puts "Time: [date]"
7580 @}
7581 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7582 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7583 @end example
7584 @enumerate
7585 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7586 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7587 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7588 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7589 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7590 command.
7591 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7592 @*There are 4 examples:
7593 @enumerate
7594 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7595 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7596 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7597 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7598 @end enumerate
7599
7600 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7601 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7602 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7603
7604 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7605 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7606 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7607 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7608 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7609 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7610 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7611 @end enumerate
7612 @subsection Global Variables
7613 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7614 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7615 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7616 @example
7617 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7618 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7619 global x #Global variable X
7620 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7621 @}
7622 @end example
7623 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7624 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7625 @example
7626 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7627 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7628 # Create var name
7629 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7630 # Make it a global
7631 global $vn
7632 # Set it.
7633 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7634 @}
7635 @end example
7636 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7637 @example
7638 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7639 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7640 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7641 @}
7642 @end example
7643
7644 @include fdl.texi
7645
7646 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7647 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7648 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7649 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7650 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7651 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7652
7653 @printindex cp
7654
7655 @node Command and Driver Index
7656 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7657 @printindex fn
7658
7659 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)